Məzmuna keçin

Modul:Citation/CS1: Redaktələr arasındakı fərq

35.463 bayt çıxarıldı ,  3 mart
redaktənin izahı yoxdur
Redaktənin izahı yoxdur
Redaktənin izahı yoxdur
Sətir 1: Sətir 1:
require ('Module:No globals');
 
local cs1 ={};


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
date_name_xlate


each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;


]]
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities


local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers


local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities


local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist




--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------


declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
other modules; that are created here and used here
and used here


]]
]]


local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation




Sətir 47: Sətir 49:
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end
end
Sətir 60: Sətir 82:
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if added_vanc_errs then return end
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end
end
end


Sətir 74: Sətir 96:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------


does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Sətir 97: Sətir 119:
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported


domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


There are several tests:
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
Sətir 119: Sətir 141:
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false


]=]
]=]
Sətir 130: Sətir 152:
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
return false;
end
end
 
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
return false;
end
end
end


local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}


for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
 
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------


returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.


This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Sətir 174: Sətir 191:


local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
end
end
Sətir 184: Sətir 201:
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.


First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?


Strip off any port and path;
Strip off any port and path;
Sətir 205: Sətir 219:
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
Sətir 228: Sətir 236:
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls


Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.


When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]
Sətir 247: Sətir 255:
end
end


scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end


Sətir 256: Sətir 264:
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.


|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
that condition exists
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.


]]
]]
Sətir 266: Sətir 271:
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (orig) then
if is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


Sətir 293: Sətir 290:
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
Sətir 304: Sətir 301:


local function check_url( url_str )
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
Sətir 315: Sətir 312:
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


Sətir 322: Sətir 319:


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.


The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
Sətir 335: Sətir 332:
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end


return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


Sətir 357: Sətir 354:
]]
]]


local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end
Sətir 374: Sətir 378:
local function safe_for_url( str )
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
Sətir 390: Sətir 394:
]]
]]


local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local domain;
local path;
local path;
local base_url;
local base_url;
 
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
if is_set( source ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
if not check_url( URL ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
end


base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url
 
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
end
 
return base_url;
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end
end


Sətir 430: Sətir 434:
parameters in the citation.
parameters in the citation.


added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]
Sətir 437: Sətir 441:
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
end
end
Sətir 444: Sətir 448:
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


Sətir 450: Sətir 454:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.


]=]
]=]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local cap='';
local cap2='';
local wl_type, label, link;
local wl_type, label, link;


wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
end


else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)


cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
if 2 == wl_type then
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
else
str = label;
str = label;
Sətir 501: Sətir 505:
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Sətir 515: Sətir 519:
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
if not is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
return script_value;
Sətir 558: Sətir 559:
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
Sətir 583: Sətir 583:


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
return "";
end
end
Sətir 589: Sətir 589:
local msg;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end
end




--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.


str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


]]
]]


local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local wl_type, D, L;
local chapter_error = '';
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
if not is_set (chapter) then
 
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
end
end


if ws_url then
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end
 
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
 
 
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
 
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
 
]]
 
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)


if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
if is_set (chapterurl) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end
end


periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if is_set (transchapter) then
 
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
if is_set (chapter) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
chapter = transchapter; --
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
end
end


return periodical;
-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
-- end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end




--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
first match.
for error messages).


]]
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.


local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end


if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.


if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
]]
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end


if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
local i=1;
chapter = trans_chapter;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
end
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
end


return chapter;
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
end
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
 
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
 
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
The search stops at the first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
 
]]
 
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end
 
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
Sətir 771: Sətir 682:
if position then
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
position = nil; -- unset
else
else
local err_msg;
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
end


utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end
end




--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
return origin[k];
end
end
Sətir 817: Sətir 728:
if type( list ) == 'table' then
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
elseif list ~= nil then
Sətir 826: Sətir 737:
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
if v == nil then
v = '';
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
end
Sətir 842: Sətir 753:




--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
Sətir 853: Sətir 763:


local function nowrap_date (date)
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap='';
local cap2 = '';
local cap2='';


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
Sətir 868: Sətir 778:




--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).


]]
]]


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if is_set(title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
Sətir 889: Sətir 797:




--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
 
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
 
any other forms are returned unmodified.


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list


]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if not is_set (str) then
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
return str;
f.gsub = string.gsub
end
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
f.match = mw.ustring.match
end
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
local out = {};
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
 
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or -- digit hyphen digit
item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then -- letter hyphen letter
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
end
end
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end
 
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
]]
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
f.gsub=string.gsub
f.match=string.match
f.sub=string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
f.match=mw.ustring.match
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
end
end


Sətir 917: Sətir 874:
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
else
comp = value;
comp = value;
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
trim = true; -- same question
trim = true; -- same question
end
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
trim = true;
end
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
end
end


if trim then
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
Sətir 966: Sətir 923:
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
Sətir 973: Sətir 930:




--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------


returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
Puncutation not allowed.


]]
]]


local function is_suffix (suffix)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
return true;
end
end
Sətir 988: Sətir 944:




--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------


For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
Sətir 1.004: Sətir 957:
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


This original test:
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
Sətir 1.024: Sətir 973:
]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if not suffix then
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
 
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
if is_set (suffix) then
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
Sətir 1.039: Sətir 984:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
end;
return true;
return true;
Sətir 1.048: Sətir 993:
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.   


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");


if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
end


Sətir 1.076: Sətir 1.017:
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
end
Sətir 1.084: Sətir 1.025:
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
Sətir 1.099: Sətir 1.041:
end
end
if 3 > i then
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
end
Sətir 1.108: Sətir 1.050:




--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
 
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
 
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there


when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)


]]
]]


local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local sep;
local namesep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum;
local maximum = control.maximum
local name_list = {};
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local mask = person.mask
local one;
local one
local sep_one = sep;
local sep_one = sep;
 
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
etal = true;
break;
break;
end
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if mask then
if (n ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
one = mask;
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
sep_one = " ";
end
end
else
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
one = person.last
local first = person.first -- get given name
local first = person.first
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if is_set(first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
table.insert( text, one )
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
end
end


local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then  
if count > 0 then  
if 1 < count and not etal then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end
 
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
return result, count
end
end




--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
returns an empty string.


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.


]]
]]
 
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last  
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------


construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.


<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal


]]
]]


local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local class_t = {};
 
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
end
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
 
return name, etal; --  
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
end
end




--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.


This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
|display-<names>=etal parameter
adds the editor markup maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local _, pattern;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
}


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if is_set (name) then
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
break;
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
end
end
end
 
return name; -- and done
return name, etal;
end
end




--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
 
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.


returns nothing
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
local count, _;
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
if is_set (name) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
end




--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
parameters.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
 
returns nothing


]]
]]


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if is_set (last) then
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
else
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
end
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
end
-- entities
if is_set (first) then
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
else
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
end
end
return last, first; -- done
end
 


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


Compares values assigned to various parameter according to the string provided as <item> in the function call:
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
'generic_names': |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc value against list of known generic name patterns
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
'generic_titles': |title=
Returns true when pattern matches; nil else


The k/v pairs in cfg.special_case_translation[item] each contain two tables, one for English and one for another
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
'local' language.Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole or fragment)
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
in index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
template's metadataWhen this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
or a pattern search (false)The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


]]
]]


local function is_generic (item, value)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local test_val;
local names = {}; -- table of names
 
local last; -- individual name components
for _, generic_value in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item]) do -- spin through the list of known generic value fragments
local first;
test_val = generic_value['en'][2] and value:lower() or value; -- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


if test_val:find (generic_value['en'][1], 1, generic_value['en'][2]) then
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
return true; -- found English generic value so done
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


elseif generic_value['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_<value>['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic value
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
test_val = generic_value['local'][2] and mw.ustring.lower(value) or value; -- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup


if mw.ustring.find (test_val, generic_value['local'][1], 1, generic_value['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
return true; -- found local generic value so done
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
 
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging


]]
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.


local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
added_generic_name_errs = true;
return the original language name string.
end
end


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.


This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.


]]
]]


local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local accept_name;
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
 
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
 
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (first) then
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
end
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
if 0 ~= wl_type then
end
first = D;
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end
end
end
 
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
return last, first; -- done
end
end




--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Gets name list from the input arguments
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorizedMediaWiki does not recognize three-character
|lastn=When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
separated from each other by commas.
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function language_parameter (lang)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local last; -- individual name components
local name; -- the language name
local first;
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local link;
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
while true do
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks


if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup


if first then
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
if not is_set (name) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
end
end
end
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names


names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
 
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}


on success, return name and matching tag; on failure return nil
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
ps gets: '.'
sep gets: '.'


]]
]]


local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
local name;
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
local tag;
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
end


name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, lang_param; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param>
end


tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end


if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
At en.wiki, for cs2:
end
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
sep gets: ','


tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
]]
if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end


name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
if name then
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
return name, lang_param; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return <name> and the tag
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
if tag then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if name then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
end
end




--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------


Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
rendered style.
was provided with the language parameter.


When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
]]
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
local sep;
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
end
optional space characters.
 
]]


local function language_parameter (lang)
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------


names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
]]
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>


if utilities.is_set (tag) then
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
lang_subtag = tag:lower():gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
local sep;
 
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
return sep, ps, ref
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
end
]]
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
end
end




--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------


Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
if is_set (format) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if not is_set (url) then
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
return format;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------


Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.


]]
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
local sep;
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
if 'cs2' == mode then
some variant of the text 'et al.').
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
 
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
 
else
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
 
end
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
]]


if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
if is_set (max) then
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
postscript = '';
end
end
return sep, postscript
return max, etal;
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
]]


]=]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';


local function is_pdf (url)
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
end
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------


Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etcAlso emits an error message
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameterThis function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
 
]=]


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
local name = name_table[i];
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
i = i+1;
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
end
else
return output_table;
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end
end




--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
]]


inputs:
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
count: #a or #e
local v_name_table = {};
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;


]]
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
end
max = nil;
local lastfirstTable = {}
end
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
else -- not a valid keyword or number
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
end
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return max, etal;
end
end




--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
 
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
]]
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end


Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end


For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.


For |issue=:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=


sets error message on failure; returns nothing
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
if not is_set (value) then
return;
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
end
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
return false
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
 
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.
 
]]
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end


split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked


|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------


]=]
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
]]
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local i = 1;
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
while name_table[i] do
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
local name = name_table[i];
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
elseif is_set (volume) then
while name_table[i] do
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
else
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
 
end
local vol = '';
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return output_table;
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------


This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end


This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


]]


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
 
local v_name_table = {};
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
unwitting readers to do.
local corporate = false;
 
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
local accept_name;
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>


if accept_name then
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
last = v_name;
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix


if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
archive url:
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
end
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
 
first = ''; -- unset
]=]
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
end
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
end
 
else
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
err_msg = 'save command';
end
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = 'liveweb';
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
err_msg = 'timestamp';
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
if '*' ~= flag then
end
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
else
if not corporate then
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end
end
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
]]
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
local function citation0( config, args)
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
--[[
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
 
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
 
]]


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
local lastfirst = false;
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
Mode = '';
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
end


if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local author_etal;
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local Authors;
local err_name;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
do -- to limit scope of selected
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
if 1 == selected then
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
end
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end


local Others = A['Others'];


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
do -- to limit scope of selected
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
if 1 == selected then
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
specified by ret_val.
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end


TODO: explain <invert>
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=


]]
local interviewers_list = {};
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
end


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end
end


local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];


This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
local ArchiveDate;
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
local ArchiveURL;
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.


]]
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local URL = A['URL']
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
return name_list; -- just return the name list
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
else
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
end
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
end
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
end


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
local Edition = A['Edition'];
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 
local Place = A['Place'];
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
return '';
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
end
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end


-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end


local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
UrlAccess = nil;
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
end
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
end
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end


if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
local vol = '';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
end
end
return vol;
end
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end


-- all other types of citation
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
end
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
else
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
end
end
end


local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
local Quote = A['Quote'];


adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
The return order is:
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
page, pages, sheet, sheets
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end


]]
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end


local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
if 'journal' == origin then
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
else
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
if utilities.is_set (page) then
local Ref;
if is_journal then
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
elseif not nopp then
 
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
else
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if is_journal then
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
break; -- bail out if one is found
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
if is_set(Page) then
 
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
At = '';
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
At = ''; -- unset
to a new name)?
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
]]
end
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if ws_url then
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
end
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];


add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;


]]
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
 
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
end
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
Title = Periodical;
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
ChapterFormat = Format;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end


return archive, date;
-- Special case for cite techreport.
end
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end


-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
if is_set(BookTitle) then
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
Chapter = Title;
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
unwitting readers to do.
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
URLorigin = '';
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
TransChapter = TransTitle;
|archive-date= and an error message when:
Title = BookTitle;
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
Format = '';
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
-- TitleLink = '';
correct place
TransTitle = '';
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
URL = '';
 
end
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
]=]
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end


if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
-- cite map oddities
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
local Cartography = "";
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
local Scale = "";
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
else
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
Chapter = A['Map'];
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
if '*' ~= flag then
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
if is_set( Cartography ) then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
end
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
if is_set( Scale ) then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and


if is_preview_mode then
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
else
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
end
end


link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end


check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
]]
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
local function place_check (param_val)
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
return param_val; -- return that empty state
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
end
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
return param_val; -- and done
ChapterURL = URL;
end
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
do
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
end
 
]]


local function is_archived_copy (title)
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
end
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end
end
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging


]]
if not is_set (Date) then
 
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
local function citation0( config, args )
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
--[[
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Load Input Parameters
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
]]
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
else
local i
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.


local author_etal;
--[[
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
local Authors;
we get the date used in the metadata.
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);


do -- to limit scope of selected
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
if 1 == selected then
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
end
elseif 2 == selected then
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
 
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
elseif 3 == selected then
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
end
local modified = false; -- flag
end
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end


local editor_etal;
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
modified = true;
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end


do -- to limit scope of selected
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
if 1 == selected then
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
elseif 2 == selected then
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
end -- end of do
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
 
local Title = A['Title'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];


local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
local accept_link;
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end


TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
 
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
end
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end


local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end
end
end


if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
-- Test if citation has no title
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
if not is_set(Title) and
end
not is_set(TransTitle) and
 
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end


local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});


-- web and news not tested for now because of  
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
local Volume;
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' --TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
 
local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'--TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');


local Page;
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local Pages;
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
local At;
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
Page = A['Page'];
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
At = A['At'];
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
end
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


local Edition = A['Edition'];
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
end


local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
 
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
if is_set (PublisherName) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
end
end
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
end
end


local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
end


local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
end


local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);


-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if is_set (Editors) then
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if editor_etal then
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
end
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
else
break; -- bail out if one is found
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local coins_pages;
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
end
 
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
do -- now do interviewers
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
end
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=


|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
if is_set (Authors) then
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
]]
end
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS


if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end
end


if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)});
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
end
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end


if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
if not is_set(URL) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
AccessDate = '';
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end


-- special case for cite techreport.
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
local ID = A['ID'];
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local chap_param;
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
Chapter = Title;
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
Chapter_origin = 'title';
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
ChapterURL = URL;
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
URL_origin = '';
end
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Title = BookTitle;
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
Format = '';
TransChapter = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
ChapterURL = '';
TransTitle = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
URL = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')


ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
-- Format main title.
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation['archived_copy']) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end


Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
else
end
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Scale = A['Scale'];
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
end
end
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
local Series = A['Series'];
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end


SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end


local Network = A['Network'];
if is_set(Place) then
local Station = A['Station'];
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
local s, n = {}, {};
end
-- do common parameters first
 
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
local Season = A['Season'];
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end


if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if not is_set(Position) then
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
local Time = A['Time'];
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if is_set(Minutes) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
if is_set (Time) then
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
end
URL = ''; -- unset
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
TransTitle = '';
else
ScriptTitle = '';
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if sepc ~= '.' then
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end


if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end


-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
local Date = A['Date'];
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Section = A['Section'];
local Year = A['Year'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end


if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
if is_set( Sections ) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
elseif is_set( Section ) then
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
if is_set (Translators) then
]]
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if is_set (Interviewers) then
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
end


local ArchiveURL;
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
local ArchiveDate;
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL


Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};


local error_list = {};
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);


-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
if is_set(Via) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization


if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
--[[
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
end
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
 
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
modified = true;
end
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
 
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_support = {
]]
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
}
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end


ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end


Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
 
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
 
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
end
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
end


if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
if is_set(URL) then
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if is_set(Quote) then
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local Archived
local QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
 
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
-- this is the function call to COinS()
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
end
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
if "no" == DeadURL then
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
end
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
['Series'] = Series,
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
['Volume'] = Volume,
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
['Issue'] = Issue,
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
['Edition'] = Edition,
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
else
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
['Authors'] = coins_author,
end
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
}, config.CitationClass);
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 
end
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
 
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
end
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
end
local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
local Lay = '';
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
if is_set(LayURL) then
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
do
if is_set(LaySource) then
local last_first_list;
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
local control = {
else
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
LaySource = "";
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
end
mode = Mode
if sepc == '.' then
};
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end


do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
if is_set(Transcript) then
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
local Publisher;
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
end
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
if is_set(PublisherName) then
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
else
do -- now do translators
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
end
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
do -- now do contributors
end
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));


last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
--[[
 
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
]]
if author_etal then
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
end
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
else
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end
end
end


local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');


-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
local tcommon;
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
end
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end


if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end


local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
else -- all other CS1 templates
local OriginalURL
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
local OriginalURL_origin
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
local OriginalFormat
end
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if #ID_list > 0 then
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
else
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
ID_list = ID;
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
end
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
if is_set(Date) then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
else -- neither of authors and editors set
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
end
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
else
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
end
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
if is_set(Authors) then
end
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
end
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set(Editors) then
local chap_param;
local in_text = " ";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
local post_text = "";
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
if (sepc ~= '.') then
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
else
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
if EditorCount <= 1 then
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
 
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
 
elseif is_set(Editors) then
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set(Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
else
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
else
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Format main title
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local plain_title = false;
local options = {};
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
options.class = config.CitationClass;
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
else
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
options.class = "citation";
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation


if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
namelist = c; -- select it
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
namelist = a;
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
namelist = e;
end
end
 
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
else
end
id = ''; -- unset
 
end
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end
options.id = id;
end
end
 
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
z.error_categories = {};
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
text = set_error('empty_citation');
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
z.message_tail = {};
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
end
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
end
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation


if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
table.insert (render, ' ');
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
else
if is_set(v[1]) then
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
else
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
table.insert (render, v);
table.insert (render, ' (');
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
table.insert (render, ') ');
end
end
table.insert (render, '</span>');
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
Format = "";
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
end
local ws_url;
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
if ws_url then
end
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Place) then
return table.concat (render);
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
end


local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end


local Position = '';
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];


if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end


Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]


At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
local function validate (name, cite_class)
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
local name = tostring (name);
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local state;
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
if false == state then
end
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
 
state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class


if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
if false == state then
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
return true;
end
-- limited enumerated parameters list
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end


local Others = A['Others'];
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
if false == state then
end
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
if false == state then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
end
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end


Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);


if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}


AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
end
tags are removed before the search.
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
local Docket = A['Docket'];
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) then
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end


local Quote = A['Quote'];
]]
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
 
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end


Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end


if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end


if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
]]
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end


PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
function cs1.citation(frame)
end
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
-- a displayed postscript.
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
end
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
local Archived;
else -- otherwise
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
local arch_text;
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
end
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
if "live" == UrlStatus then
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end
local Lay = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
end
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
end
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;


local Publisher;
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
local error_text, error_state;
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end


--[[
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
config[k] = v;
]]
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
end
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset


if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
end
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
end
error_text = "";
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
local tcommon;
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
else
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
end
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
else
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
end
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
 
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
end
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
else -- all other CS1 templates
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
end
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
if #ID_list > 0 then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
end
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end
 
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end
 
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
 
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; -- TODO: if kept, these require some sort of i18n
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
 
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
end
 
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true);
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
args[k] = v;
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
end
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
end
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end  
end
 
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
 
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
local url_param_t = {};


for k, v in pairs( args ) do
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end
end
end
 
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
 
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
end


 
return cs1;
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
 
return {citation = citation};